Bosch | BER634GS1I | Instructions for use | Bosch BER634GS1I Built-in microwave Serie | 8 Operating instrustions

Bosch BER634GS1I Built-in microwave Serie | 8 Operating instrustions
Microwave
BEL634GS1I BER634GS1I
‫مايكروويو‬
BEL634GS1I BER634GS1I
[en] Instruction manual ....................3
[fa] ‫راهنمای استفاده‬.................................. 5
en
Table of contents
no i t c u r t s n I ] ne [
8 Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
( Important safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 Trouble shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
4 Customer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Microwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
E number and FD number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
] Causes of damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
7 Environmental protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
J Tested for you in our cooking studio . . . . . . . . 21
Environmentally-friendly disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
* Getting to know your appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Control panel . . . . . . .
Controls . . . . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . . . . . . . . .
Further information . . .
Cooking compartment
........
........
........
........
functions
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.8
.8
.9
.9
.9
_ Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
K Before using for the first time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defrosting, heating up or cooking frozen
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Microwave tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combined grill and microwave . . . . . . . .
.....
food .
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.21
.22
.22
.23
.24
.24
.24
E Test dishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Cooking only using the microwave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Defrosting only using the microwave . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Cooking with the microwave and grill . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Initial use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cleaning the cooking compartment and accessories 10
Produktinfo
1 Operating the appliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Switching the appliance on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Selecting an operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Additional information on products, accessories,
replacement parts and services can be found at
www.bosch-home.com and in the online shop
www.bosch-eshop.com
^ Microwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Cookware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Microwave power settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Setting the microwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
d Grilling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Setting the grill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Setting the microwave to combi-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
O Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
P Programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Setting a programme . . . . . . . . .
Information on the programmes.
Resting time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programme table . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 15
. 15
. 16
. 16
Q Basic settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Changing the basic settings.
List of basic settings . . . . . .
Power cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the time . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 17
. 17
. 17
. 18
D Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Cleaning agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3
l aunam
en
Intended use
8Intended use
Read these instructions carefully. Only then
will you be able to operate your appliance
safely and correctly. Retain the instruction
manual and installation instructions for future
use or for subsequent owners.
This appliance is only intended to be fully fitted
in a kitchen. Observe the special installation
instructions.
Check the appliance for damage after
unpacking it. Do not connect the appliance if it
has been damaged in transport.
Only a licensed professional may connect
appliances without plugs. Damage caused by
incorrect connection is not covered under
warranty.
This appliance is intended for domestic use
only. The appliance must only be used for the
preparation of food and drink. The appliance
must be supervised during operation. Only
use this appliance indoors.
This appliance is intended for use up to a
maximum height of 4000 metres above sea
level.
This appliance may be used by children over
the age of 8 years old and by persons with
reduced physical, sensory or mental
capabilities or by persons with a lack of
experience or knowledge if they are
supervised or are instructed by a person
responsible for their safety how to use the
appliance safely and have understood the
associated hazards.
Children must not play with, on, or around the
appliance. Children must not clean the
appliance or carry out general maintenance
unless they are at least 8 years old and are
being supervised.
Keep children below the age of 8 years old at
a safe distance from the appliance and power
cable.
Always slide accessories into the cooking
compartment the right way round.
e s u dedne t n I
4
(Important safety
information
General information
no i t amro f n i y t e f as t na t ropmI
: Warning – Risk of fire!
Combustible items stored in the cooking
compartment may catch fire. Never store
combustible items in the cooking
compartment. Never open the appliance door
if there is smoke inside. Switch off the
appliance and unplug it from the mains or
switch off the circuit breaker in the fuse box.
: Warning – Risk of burns!
The appliance becomes very hot. Never
touch the interior surfaces of the cooking
compartment or the heating elements.
Always allow the appliance to cool down.
Keep children at a safe distance.
Risk
of serious burns!
■
Accessories
and ovenware become very
hot. Always use oven gloves to remove
accessories or ovenware from the cooking
compartment.
Risk
of burns!vapours may catch fire in the hot
■
Alcoholic
cooking compartment. Never prepare food
containing large quantities of drinks with a
high alcohol content. Only use small
quantities of drinks with a high alcohol
content. Open the appliance door with care.
■
: Warning – Risk of scalding!
The accessible parts become hot during
operation. Never touch the hot parts. Keep
children at a safe distance.
Risk
of scalding!
■
When
you open the appliance door, hot
steam may escape. Open the appliance
door with care. Keep children at a safe
distance.
Risk
of scalding!
■
Water
in a hot cooking compartment may
create hot steam. Never pour water into the
hot cooking compartment.
■
: Warning – Risk of injury!
Scratched glass in the appliance door may
develop into a crack. Do not use a glass
scraper, sharp or abrasive cleaning aids or
detergents.
Risk
of injury!
■
The
hinges on the appliance door move
when opening and closing the door, and
you may be trapped. Keep your hands away
from the hinges.
■
Important safety information
: Warning – Risk of electric shock!
Incorrect repairs are dangerous. Repairs
may only be carried out and damaged
power cables replaced by one of our
trained after-sales technicians. If the
appliance is defective, unplug the appliance
from the mains or switch off the circuit
breaker in the fuse box. Contact the aftersales service.
Risk
of electric
shock and serious
injury!
■
The
cable insulation
on electrical
appliances may melt when touching hot
parts of the appliance. Never bring
electrical appliance cables into contact with
hot parts of the appliance.
Risk
electric
■
Doofnot
use shock!
any high-pressure cleaners or
steam cleaners, which can result in an
electric shock.
Risk
electric shock!
■
A of
defective
appliance may cause electric
shock. Never switch on a defective
appliance. Unplug the appliance from the
mains or switch off the circuit breaker in the
fuse box. Contact the after-sales service.
■
: Warning – Hazard due to magnetism!
Permanent magnets are used in the control
panel or in the control elements. They may
affect electronic implants, e.g. heart
pacemakers or insulin pumps. Wearers of
electronic implants must stay at least 10 cm
away from the control panel.
Microwave
: Warning – Risk of fire!
Using the appliance for anything other than
its intended purpose is dangerous and may
cause damage.
The following is not permitted: drying out
food or clothing, heating slippers, grain or
cereal pillows, sponges, damp cleaning
cloths or similar.
For example, heated slippers and grain or
cereal pillows may catch fire, even several
hours after they have been heated.The
appliance must only be used for the
preparation of food and drinks.
Risk of fire!
■
en
Food may catch fire. Never heat food in
heat-retaining packages.
Do not leave food heating unattended in
containers made of plastic, paper or other
combustible materials.
Do not select a microwave power or time
setting that is higher than necessary. Follow
the information provided in this instruction
manual.
Never use the microwave to dry food.
Never defrost or heat food with a low water
content, e.g. bread, at too high a microwave
power or for too long.
Risk
of fire! oil may catch fire. Never use the
■
Cooking
microwave to heat cooking oil on its own.
■
: Warning – Risk of explosion!
Liquids and other food may explode when in
containers that have been tightly sealed.
Never heat liquids or other food in containers
that have been tightly sealed.
: Warning – Risk of burns!
Foods with peel or skin may burst or
explode during, or even after, heating.
Never cook eggs in their shells or reheat
hard-boiled eggs. Never cook shellfish or
crustaceans. Always prick the yolk when
baking or poaching eggs. The skin of foods
that have a peel or skin, such as apples,
tomatoes, potatoes and sausages, may
burst. Before heating, prick the peel or skin.
Risk
of burns!
■
Heat
is not distributed evenly through baby
food. Never heat baby food in closed
containers. Always remove the lid or teat.
Stir or shake well after the food has been
heated. Check the temperature of the food
before it is given to the child.
Risk
of burns!
■
Heated
food gives off heat. The ovenware
may become hot. Always use oven gloves
to remove ovenware or accessories from
the cooking compartment.
Risk
of burns!
■
Airtight
packaging may burst when food is
heated. Always observe the instructions on
the packaging. Always use oven gloves to
remove dishes from the cooking
compartment.
■
5
en
Important safety information
: Warning – Risk of scalding!
■
There is a possibility of delayed boiling
when a liquid is heated. This means that the
liquid reaches boiling temperature without
the usual steam bubbles rising to the
surface. Even if the container only vibrates a
little, the hot liquid may suddenly boil over
and spatter. When heating, always place a
spoon in the container. This will prevent
delayed boiling.
: Warning – Risk of injury!
Unsuitable ovenware may crack. Porcelain
or ceramic ovenware can have small
perforations in the handles or lids. These
perforations conceal a cavity below. Any
moisture that penetrates this cavity could
cause the ovenware to crack. Only use
microwave-safe ovenware.
Risk
of injury!
■
If using
the appliance in microwave mode
only, placing cookware and containers
made of metal inside the appliance may
cause sparks when the appliance is
operating. This will damage the appliance.
Never use metal containers when using the
appliance in microwave mode only.Use only
microwave-safe cookware or, alternatively,
the microwave in combination with a type of
heating.
■
: Warning – Risk of electric shock!
The appliance is a high-voltage appliance.
Never remove the casing.
: Warning – Risk of serious damage to
health!
■
The surface of the appliance may become
damaged if it is not cleaned properly.
Microwave energy may escape. Clean the
appliance on a regular basis, and remove
any food residue immediately. Always keep
the cooking compartment, door seal, door
and door stop clean. ~ "Cleaning"
on page 18
Risk of serious damage to health!
6
Microwave energy may escape if the
cooking compartment door or the door seal
is damaged. Never use the appliance if the
cooking compartment door or the door seal
is damaged. Contact the after-sales service.
Risk
of serious damage
health!
■
Microwave
energy to
will
escape from
appliances that do not have any casing.
Never remove the casing. For any
maintenance or repair work, contact the
after-sales service.
■
Causes of damage
]Causes of damage
Caution!
■
Creation of sparks: Metal – e.g. a spoon in a glass –
must be kept at least 2 cm from the cooking
compartment walls and the inside of the door.
Sparks can irreparably damage the glass on the
inside of the door.
■
Foil containers: Do not use foil containers in the
appliance. They damage the appliance by producing
sparks.
■
Operating the microwave without food: Operating the
appliance without food in the cooking compartment
may lead to overloading. Never switch on the
microwave unless there is food inside. The short
crockery test is the exception to this rule.
~ "Microwave" on page 12
egam d f o sesuaC
■
■
■
■
en
7Environmental protection
Environmentally-friendly disposal
no i t ce t orp l a t nemnor i vnE
Dispose of packaging in an environmentally-friendly
manner.
This appliance is labelled in accordance with
European Directive 2012/19/EU concerning
used electrical and electronic appliances
(waste electrical and electronic equipment WEEE). The guideline determines the
framework for the return and recycling of used
appliances as applicable throughout the EU.
Moisture in the cooking compartment: Over an
extended period of time, moisture in the cooking
compartment may lead to corrosion. Allow the
cooking compartment to dry after use. Do not keep
moist food in the closed cooking compartment for
extended periods of time. Do not store food in the
cooking compartment.
Cooling with the appliance door open: Following
operation at high temperatures, only allow the
cooking compartment to cool down with the door
closed. Do not trap anything in the appliance door.
Even if the door is only left open a crack, the front of
nearby furniture may become damaged over time.
Only leave the cooking compartment to dry with the
door open if a lot of moisture was produced whilst
the oven was operating.
Extremely dirty seal: If the seal is very dirty, the
appliance door will no longer close properly during
operation. The fronts of adjacent units could be
damaged. Always keep the seal clean.
~ "Cleaning" on page 18
Microwave popcorn: Never set the microwave output
too high. Use a maximum microwave output of 600
watts. Always place the popcorn bag on a glass
plate. The door panels may jump if overloaded.
7
en
Getting to know your appliance
Control panel
*Getting to know your
appliance
In the control panel, you can use the various buttons,
touch fields and the rotary selector to set the required
function of the appliance. The current settings are
shown in the display.
The overview shows the control panel when the
appliance is switched on with a selected operating
mode.
In this chapter, we will explain the displays and controls.
You will also find out about the various functions of your
appliance.
ecna i l p a ruoy wonk o t gn i t eG
Note: Depending on the appliance model, individual
details and colours may differ.
RQ
VWDUW
:
+HL]DUWHQ
[PV
VWRS
RII
#
( Buttons
The buttons on the left- and right-hand side of the
control panel have a pressure point. Press these
buttons to activate them.
For appliances that do not have a stainless steel
front, these two button touch fields do not have a
pressure point.
0 Touch fields
There are sensors under the touch fields. Simply
touch the respective symbol to select the function.
8 Rotary selector
The rotary selector is fitted so that you can turn it
indefinitely to the left or right. Press it lightly and
move it in the direction required using your finger.
@ Display
You can see the current adjustment values,
options or notes in the display.
The individual controls are adapted for the various
functions of your appliance. You can set your appliance
simply and directly.
Buttons and touch fields
Here you can find a short explanation of the various
buttons and touch fields.
Meaning
Buttons
ÿ
on/off
l
start/stop
Touch fields
90
Microwave output
8
(
s
%
a
°
v
Microwave output
Microwave output
Microwave output
Microwave output
Grilling/combi-mode
Time-setting options
Selects 180 watts
Selects 360 watts
Selects 600 watts
Selects 900 watts
Selects the grill setting or grill setting with microwave output
Select time-setting options
Programmes
Selects a programme
Weight
Selects the weight in the programme
Information
Display notes
Hold down (approx. 3 secs) to call
up the basic settings
Automatic door opening Opens the appliance door
--------
Controls
Symbol
180
360
600
900
Switching the appliance on and
off
Starting or stopping an operation
Selects 90 watts
The touch field, which has a value on the display that
can be changed or displayed in the foreground, lights
up red.
Rotary selector
You use the rotary selector to change the adjustment
values shown in the display.
In most selection lists, e.g. programmes, the first
selection follows the last.
In some selection lists, e.g. duration, you have to turn
the rotary selector back the other way when you reach
the minimum or maximum value.
Getting to know your appliance
Display
The display is structured so that the information can be
read at a glance in any situation.
The value that you can currently set is in focus. It is
displayed in white lettering and underlined. The value in
the background is displayed in grey.
Focus
Emphasis
The value in focus can be changed directly without first being selected.
After starting an operation, the cooking time is
always in focus.
As you change the value in focus using the rotary
selector, only this value is displayed larger.
J
+HL]DUWHQ
:HLJKW
+HL]DUWHQ
P
V
Î:
Display ring
The display ring can be found around the outside of the
display.
If you change a value, the display ring shows you where
you are in the selection list. Depending on the settings
area and length of the selection list, the display ring
may be continuous or divided into segments.
As the cooking time counts down, one red segment
disappears each second. After each full minute, all
segments light up red again.
Further information
en
Notes
■
If you open the appliance door during operation, the
operation is paused.
■
When you close the appliance door, the operation
does not continue automatically. You must restart
the operation manually.
■
If the appliance has been switched off for a long
time, the appliance door will open after a time delay.
Interior lighting
When you open the appliance door, the interior lighting
switches on. If the door remains open for longer than
around five minutes, the cooking compartment lighting
switches off again. When the automatic door opening is
activated, the cooking compartment lighting switches
on again.
For all operating modes, the cooking compartment
lighting switches on as soon as the operation is started.
When the operation has finished, the lighting switches
off.
Cooling fan
The cooling fan switches on as required. The hot air
escapes above the door.
The cooling fan may continue to run for a certain time
after the operation.
Caution!
Do not cover the ventilation slots. Otherwise, the
appliance may overheat.
Notes
■
The appliance remains cool during microwave
operation. Despite this, the cooling fan will still
switch on. The fan may run on even when the
microwave operation has ended.
■
Condensation may form on the door window, interior
walls and floor. This is normal and does not
adversely affect microwave operation. Wipe away the
condensation after cooking.
In most cases, the appliance provides notes and further
information on the action just carried out.
Touch the ° field. The note is shown in the display for a
few seconds. Use the rotary selector to scroll to the end
of longer notes.
Some notes are displayed automatically, for example as
confirmation, or to provide an instruction or warning.
Cooking compartment functions
The functions in the cooking compartment make your
appliance easier to use. This, for example, enables the
cooking compartment to be well lit and a cooling fan to
prevent the appliance from overheating.
Automatic door opening
The appliance door springs open if you activate the
automatic door opening. You can fully open the
appliance door manually.
The automatic door opening does not work in the event
of a power cut. You can open the door manually.
9
en
Accessories
_Accessories
Your appliance is accompanied by a range of
accessories. Here, you can find an overview of the
accessories included and information on how to use
them correctly.
se i r os ec A
Accessories included
Your appliance is equipped with the following
accessories:
Wire rack
Use as a surface for setting
down cookware or for grilling
and browning.
Glass tray
This can act as a splash guard
if you are grilling food directly
on the wire rack. To do this,
place the wire rack in the glass
tray.
The glass tray can also be used
as cookware for microwave
operation.
Only use original accessories provided by your
appliance manufacturer. They are specially adapted for
your appliance.
You can buy accessories from the after-sales service,
from specialist retailers or online.
KBefore using for the first
time
Before you can use your new appliance, you must
make some settings. You must also clean the cooking
compartment and accessories.
emi t t s r i f eh t ro f gn i su ero f eB
Initial use
After connecting the appliance to the power or following
a power cut, the settings for initial use are shown on the
display. It may take a few seconds for the instruction to
appear.
Note: You can change these settings at any time in the
basic settings. ~ "Basic settings" on page 17
Selecting the language
1. Turn the rotary selector to set the required language.
2. Press the s field to confirm.
The next setting appears.
Setting the time
1. Set the time using the rotary selector.
2. Press the s field to confirm.
A note appears in the display confirming that the initial
use has been completed.
Cleaning the cooking compartment and
accessories
Before using the appliance to prepare food for the first
time, you must clean the cooking compartment and
accessories.
Cleaning the cooking compartment
To remove the new-appliance smell, heat up the
cooking compartment when empty and with the oven
door closed.
Make sure that the cooking compartment does not
contain any leftover packaging, such as polystyrene
pellets. Before heating the appliance, wipe the smooth
surfaces in the cooking compartment with a soft, wet
cloth. Keep the kitchen ventilated while the appliance is
heating up.
Make the settings indicated. You can find out how to set
the grill and cooking time in the following chapter.
~ "Grilling" on page 13
Settings
Grill
Cooking time
Level 3
15 minutes
Switch off the appliance after the cooking time
indicated.
After the cooking compartment has cooled down, clean
the smooth surfaces with soapy water and a dish cloth.
Cleaning the accessories
Clean the accessories thoroughly using soapy water
and a dish cloth or soft brush.
10
Operating the appliance
1Operating the appliance
You have already learnt about the controls and how
they work. Now we will explain how to set your
appliance. You will learn about what happens when you
switch the appliance on and off, and how to select the
operating mode.
ecna i l p a eh t gn i t arepO
en
Press the on/off button to delete all settings.
Notes
■
Opening the appliance door also pauses the
operation.
■
The fan may continue to run after an operation is
paused or cancelled.
Selecting an operating mode
Switching the appliance on and off
Before you are able to set the appliance, you must
switch it on.
Note: The timer can also be set when the appliance is
switched off. Some displays and notes remain visible in
the display after the appliance has been switched off.
Switch off your device when it is not being used. If no
settings are applied for a long time, the appliance
switches itself off automatically.
Switching on the appliance
Press the on/off button ÿ to switch on the appliance.
All touch fields light up red. The Bosch logo appears in
the display, followed by the maximum microwave
output.
The appliance is ready to use.
After the appliance is switched on, the default operating
mode is displayed. You can start this setting
immediately.
If you want to select a different operating mode, you
can find detailed descriptions of these modes in the
appropriate chapters.
The following always applies:
1. Touch the appropriate field.
2. Turn the rotary selector to change the selection in
focus.
3. If necessary, change other settings.
To do this, touch the appropriate field and change
the value using the rotary selector.
4. Press the start/stop button l to start.
The appliance starts the operation.
The s field lights up red.
You can find out how to set the operating modes in the
individual chapters.
Switching off the appliance
Press the on/off button ÿ to switch off the appliance.
Any functions that may be running are cancelled.
The time appears on the display.
Note: You can set whether or not the time should be
displayed when the appliance is switched off in the
basic settings.
Operation
Some operating steps are the same for all operating
modes. In the following, you can learn about the basic
operating steps.
Starting the operation
You must press the start/stop button l to start each
operation.
After the operation starts, your settings are shown in the
display. The display ring is also displayed, which shows
the cooking time counting down.
Note: If the operation is paused due to the appliance
door being opened, the operation must be restarted
using the start/stop button l after the door has been
closed.
Pausing the operation
You can pause and restart the operation by pressing
the start/stop button l.
11
en
Microwave
^Microwave
You can use the microwave to cook, heat up or defrost
food quickly. You can use the microwave on its own or
in combination with the grill.
To ensure optimum use of the microwave, please
observe the notes on cookware and familiarise yourself
with the data in the application tables at the end of the
instruction manual.
evawor c iM
Microwave power settings
The following microwave power settings are available.
The microwave power settings do not always
correspond to the exact wattage that the appliance
uses.
Setting
Food
Maximum cooking time
For defrosting delicate foods
1 hr 30 mins
For defrosting and continued cooking 1 hr 30 mins
For cooking meat and for heating del- 1 hr 30 mins
icate foods
For heating and cooking food
1 hr 30 mins
For heating liquids
30 mins
Cookware
90 W
180 W
360 W
Not all cookware is microwavable. So that your food is
heated and the appliance is not damaged, only use
microwavable cookware.
600 W
900 W
Suitable cookware
Heat-resistant cookware made of glass, glass ceramic,
porcelain, ceramic or heat-resistant plastic are suitable.
These materials allow microwaves to pass through.
You can also use serving dishes. This saves you having
to transfer food from one dish to another. You should
only use cookware with decorative gold or silver trim if
the manufacturer guarantees that they are suitable for
use in microwaves.
Default value:
The appliance provides a default cooking time for each
microwave output setting. You can accept this value or
change it in the appropriate area.
The maximum setting is for heating liquids. After a
certain period, the microwave's power output is reduced
to below maximum to protect the appliance.After a
cooling period, the microwave's full power will be
available once more.
Unsuitable cookware
Metal cookware is unsuitable. Metal does not allow
microwaves to pass through. Food in covered metal
containers will remain cold.
Setting the microwave
Caution!
Creation of sparks: Metal – e.g. a spoon in a glass –
must be kept at least 2 cm from the cooking
compartment walls and the inside of the door. Sparks
can irreparably damage the glass on the inside of the
door.
1. Press the on/off button
Cookware test
Never switch on the microwave unless there is food
inside. The short cookware test is the only exception to
this rule.
Perform the following test if you are unsure whether
your cookware is suitable for use in the microwave.
1. Heat the empty cookware at maximum power for ½
Example: Microwave output 600 W, cooking time 5
minutes.
ÿ to switch on the
appliance.
The appliance is ready to use. The maximum
microwave output is displayed as the default value in
the display. You can change this at any time.
2. Touch the field of the required microwave output.
:
+HL]DUWHQ
\PV
to 1 minute.
2. Check the temperature of the cookware during this
time.
The cookware should remain cold or warm to the touch.
The cookware is unsuitable if it becomes hot or sparks
are generated.
In this case, stop the test.
The microwave output and a default cooking time
are shown in the display. The s field lights up red.
3. Turn the rotary selector to set the required cooking
time.
: Warning – Risk of burns!
The accessible parts become very hot when in
operation. Never touch hot parts. Keep children at a
safe distance.
12
+HL]DUWHQ
PV
¿&RRNWLPH
¿7LPHU
VWDUW
VWRS
Grilling
4. Press the start/stop button
l to start.
en
dGrilling
You can brown your food nicely using the grill. You can
use the grill on its own or in combination with the
microwave.
The following grill settings are available:
gn i l i rG
VWDUW
+HL]DUWHQ
P
V
Î:
VWRS
Grill
The cooking time counts down on the display.
Notes
When you switch on the appliance, the highest
microwave output always appears in the display as a
suggestion.
■
If you open the appliance door during use, the fan
may continue to run.
■
Cooking time elapsed
An audible signal sounds.
The operation has finished.
To stop the signal early:
Touch the s field.
Power
Level 1 (low)
Level 2 (medium)
Level 3 (strong)
Setting the grill
Example: Grill level 2, cooking time 12 minutes
1. Press the on/off button
ÿ to switch on the
appliance.
The appliance is ready to use.
2. Press the ( field.
Press the on/off button ÿ to switch off the appliance.
Note: After touching the s button, the timer function
appears; after a short time, it automatically disappears.
Press the s again for the option to increase the
cooking time.
Changing the cooking time
This can be done at any time.
Change the cooking time using the rotary selector.
The operation continues.
Changing the microwave output
This can be done at any time.
Touch the field for the required microwave output.
The cooking time remains unchanged.
The operation continues.
Note: If the set cooking time exceeds the maximum
time for the microwave output of 900 W, it is reduced
automatically. The operation stops. Press the l button
to start the operation.
Food
For soufflés and deep casseroles
For shallow casseroles and fish
For steaks, sausages and toast
+HL]DUWHQ
/HYHO
\PV
The default value (level 3) is shown in the display.
3. Turn the rotary selector to the left to set the required
level.
The level and the default cooking time are shown in
the display.
4. Press the s field.
The s field lights up red.
5. Turn the rotary selector to set the required cooking
time.
VWDUW
+HL]DUWHQ
/HYHO
\PV
VWRS
6. Press the start/stop button
l to start.
The cooking time counts down on the display.
Notes
■
The default value for the grill is level 3.
Turn the rotary selector to the left to set level 2 or 1.
Turn the rotary selector to the right to select a combimode; level 3 with 360 W, level 3 with 180 W and so
on.
■
If you open the appliance door during use, the fan
may continue to run.
13
en
Grilling
Cooking time elapsed
An audible signal sounds.
The operation has finished.
To stop the signal early:
Touch the s field.
/HYHO
:
+HL]DUWHQ
\PV
Press the on/off button ÿ to switch off the appliance.
Note: After touching the s button, the timer function
appears; after a short time, it automatically disappears.
Press the s again for the option to increase the
cooking time.
Changing the cooking time
This can be done at any time.
Change the cooking time using the rotary selector.
The operation continues.
Changing the grill setting
This can be done at any time.
Touch the ( field.
Turn the rotary selector to set the required grill setting.
The cooking time remains unchanged.
The operation continues.
Notes
■
When changing the operating mode from grill to
combi mode, and vice versa, the appliance pauses.
The operation stops. If you want to change the
operating mode, continue the operation by pressing
the start/stop button.
■
The operating mode can only be started once the
cooking time has appeared in the display.
Setting the microwave to combi-mode
This involves simultaneous operation of the grill and the
microwave. Using the microwave makes your dishes
ready more quickly, but they are still nicely browned.
You can select all microwave power settings.
Exception: 900 and 600 watt.
Setting the microwave to combi-mode
Example: Grill level 3 and microwave output 180 W,
cooking time 25 minutes.
1. Press the on/off button
2.
3.
4.
5.
14
ÿ to switch on the
appliance.
The appliance is ready to use.
Press the ( field.
The default value (level 3) is shown in the display.
Turn the rotary selector to the right and set the
required combi-mode.
The required combi-mode and the default cooking
time are shown in the display.
Press the s field.
The s field lights up red.
Turn the rotary selector to set the required cooking
time.
6. Press the start/stop button
l to start.
The cooking time counts down on the display.
Notes
The default value for the grill is level 3.
Turn the rotary selector to the left to set level 2 or 1.
Turn the rotary selector to the right to select a combimode; level 3 with 360 W, level 3 with 180 W and so
on.
■
If you open the appliance door during use, the fan
may continue to run.
■
Cooking time elapsed
An audible signal sounds.
The operation has finished.
To stop the signal early:
Touch the s field.
Press the on/off button ÿ to switch off the appliance.
Note: After touching the s button, the timer function
appears; after a short time, it automatically disappears.
Press the s again for the option to increase the
cooking time.
Changing the cooking time
This can be done at any time.
Change the cooking time using the rotary selector.
The operation continues.
Changing the combi mode
This can be done at any time.
Touch the ( field.
Turn the rotary selector to select the required combi
mode.
The cooking time remains unchanged.
The operation continues.
Notes
When changing the operating mode from grill to
combi mode, and vice versa, the appliance pauses.
The operation stops. If you want to change the
operating mode, continue the operation by pressing
the start/stop button.
■
The operating mode can only be started once the
cooking time has appeared in the display.
■
Timer
OTimer
en
PProgrammes
You can use the timer as a kitchen timer. The timer runs
alongside other settings. You can set it at any time,
even if the device is switched off. It has its own audible
signal so that you can tell whether it is the timer or a
cooking time which has elapsed.
remi T
Setting the timer
The maximum setting is 24 hours.
The higher the value, the longer the time intervals.
1. Touch the
s field.
The timer is displayed.
2. Set the timer duration using the rotary selector.
_
7H[W
P
V
+HL]DUWHQ
7H[W
7LPHU
You can prepare food really easily using the various
programmes. You select a programme and enter the
weight of your food. The program then applies the most
suitable settings.
semargorP
Setting a programme
Example: "Defrost bread" programme, weight 250 g.
1. Press the on/off button
ÿ to switch on the
appliance.
The appliance is ready to use.
2. Press the % field.
The first programme appears in the display.
3. Turn the rotary selector to set the required
programme.
s field to start.
Note: The timer will also start automatically after a
few seconds.
The timer duration counts down. The display switches
back after a short time. A timer symbol is also shown on
the display.
'HIURVW
%UHDG
+HL]DUWHQ
ŸJâ
[ŸPV
VWDUW
VWRS
3. Press the
4. Press the
a field.
The default value for the weight appears in the
display.
5. Turn the rotary selector to set the required weight.
When the timer duration comes to an end, a note
appears and an audible signal sounds. You can cancel
the audible signal early by touching the sfield.
Notes
■
If an operating mode with a set cooking time is
already running, the cooking time is highlighted.
Touch the s field to display the timer. The timer
duration is highlighted for a certain amount of time
and can be altered.
■
If the grill operating mode is already set, the duration
is shown by touching the s field. Touch the sfield
again to display the timer. The timer duration is
highlighted for a certain amount of time and can be
altered.
Changing the timer
To change the timer, touch the s field. The timer is
displayed in white and in focus, and can be changed by
using the rotary selector.
Cancelling the timer
If you want to cancel the timer, reset the duration on the
timer to zero. Once the change has been applied, the
symbol is no longer lit up.
J
VWDUW
+HL]DUWHQ
:HLJKW
VWRS
6. Press the start/stop button
l to start.
The cooking time counts down on the display.
Notes
■
The cooking time is calculated by the programmes.
■
For some dishes, the display provides instructions
for turning or stirring during preparation. Follow the
information provided. Opening the appliance door
pauses the operation. After closing the appliance
door, restart the operation. If you do not turn or stir
the dish, the programme runs as normal until it
reaches the end.
Information on the programmes
Place the food in the cold cooking compartment.
Take the food out of its packaging and weigh it. If it is
not possible to enter the exact weight, you should round
it up or down.
15
en
Programmes
For the programmes, always use microwavable
cookware, for example made of glass or ceramic.
Observe the accessories tips in the programme table.
A table of suitable types of food with appropriate weight
ranges and the accessories required can be found in
the section after the notes.
It is not possible to set a weight outside the weight
range.
With many dishes, a signal sounds after a certain time.
Turn or stir the food.
Defrosting:
■
As far as possible, freeze and store food flat and in
portion-sized quantities at -18 °C.
■
Place the frozen food in flat cookware, such as a
glass or porcelain plate.
■
After defrosting in the appliance, leave the food to
continue defrosting for a further 15 to 90 minutes
until it reaches an even temperature.
■
Bread should only be defrosted in the required
amounts, as it quickly becomes stale.
■
Liquid will be produced when defrosting meat or
poultry. Drain off this liquid when turning meat and
poultry and under no circumstances use it for other
purposes or allow it to come into contact with other
foods.
■
After turning, remove any minced meat that has
already defrosted.
■
Whole poultry should be placed in the cookware
breast-side down and poultry portions skin-side
down.
Vegetables:
■
Fresh vegetables: Cut into pieces of an equal size.
Add one tablespoon of water for every 100 g
vegetables.
■
Frozen vegetables: This programme is only suitable
for blanched, not pre-cooked vegetables. It is not
suitable for frozen vegetables in a cream sauce. Add
1 to 3 tablespoons of water. Do not add water to
spinach or red cabbage.
Potatoes:
Boiled potatoes: Cut into pieces of an equal size.
Add two tablespoons of water per 100 g of potatoes,
and salt to taste.
■
Unpeeled boiled potatoes: Use potatoes of the same
thickness. Wash the potatoes and prick the skin.
Place the wet potatoes in a dish. Do not add water.
■
Baked potatoes: Use potatoes of the same
thickness. Wash, dry and prick the skin.
■
Rice:
■
Do not use brown or boil-in-the-bag rice.
■
Add two to two-and-a-half times the amount of water
to rice.
Poultry:
Place the chicken portions on the wire rack, skin
side up.
■
Resting time
Some dishes need to rest in the cooking compartment
after the programme has ended.
Dish
Vegetables
Potatoes
Rice
Resting time
Approx. 5 minutes
Approx. 5 minutes. First pour off the
remaining water
5 to 10 minutes
Programme table
Programme
Defrosting
Bread*
Meat*
Fish*
Cooking
Fresh vegetables**
Frozen vegetables**
Potatoes**
Rice**
Suitable food
Cookware/accessories,
shelf position
Bread, whole, round or long; sliced bread; sponge
0.20-1.50 kg
cake, yeast cake, fruit flan, cakes without icing, cream
or gelatine
Joints, flat pieces of meat, minced meat, chicken, pou- 0.20-2.00 kg
lard, duck
Whole fish, fish fillet, fish cutlet
0.10-1.00 kg
Shallow cookware without lid
Cooking compartment floor
Cauliflower, broccoli, carrots, kohlrabi, leeks, peppers,
courgettes
Cauliflower, broccoli, carrots, kohlrabi, red cabbage,
spinach
Boiled potatoes, unpeeled boiled potatoes, chopped
potatoes of the same size
Rice, long-grain rice
Cookware with lid
Cooking compartment floor
Cookware with lid
Cooking compartment floor
Cookware with lid
Cooking compartment floor
Deep cookware with lid
Cooking compartment floor
*) Observe the signals given when it is time to turn the food
**) Observe the signals given when it is time to stir the food
16
Weight range in kg
0.15-1.00 kg
0.15-1.00 kg
0.20-1.00 kg
0.05-0.30 kg
Shallow cookware without lid
Cooking compartment floor
Shallow cookware without lid
Cooking compartment floor
Basic settings
Programme
Suitable food
Weight range in kg
Baked potatoes
Waxy potatoes, predominantly waxy potatoes or floury 0.20-1.50 kg
potatoes, approx. 6 cm thick
Combi-mode
Frozen lasagne
Lasagne bolognese
0.30-1.00 kg
Chicken portions
Chicken thigh, half chicken
0.50-1.80 kg
en
Cookware/accessories,
shelf position
Wire rack
Cooking compartment floor
Cookware without lid
Cooking compartment floor
Glass tray and wire rack
Cooking compartment floor
*) Observe the signals given when it is time to turn the food
**) Observe the signals given when it is time to stir the food
QBasic settings
There are various settings available to you in order to
help use your appliance effectively and simply. You can
change these settings as required.
Button tone
Changing the basic settings
Display brightness
sgn i t es c i saB
The appliance must be switched off.
1. Touch the °field for approx. 3 seconds.
Instructions on how to proceed appear in the
display.
2. Press the s field to confirm the instructions.
The first setting, "Language", appears in the display.
3. Turn the rotary selector to change the setting as
required.
4. Touch the s field.
The next setting is shown in the display and can be
changed using the rotary selector.
5. Touch the s field to go through all the settings and
use the rotary selector to make changes as required.
6. When finished, press and hold the ° field for approx.
3 seconds to confirm the settings.
A note is shown in the display to confirm that the
settings have been saved.
Cancelling
If you do not want to save the changes, you can press
the on/off button to cancel. A note is shown in the
display to confirm that the settings have not been
saved.
List of basic settings
Depending on the features of your appliance, not all
basic settings are accessible.
Setting
Language
Clock
Audible signal
Options
Set the language
Set the current time
Short cooking time
Medium cooking time*
Long cooking time
Switched on
Switched off*
(Button tone at on/off always on)
Scale with 5 levels
Level 3*
Clock
Switched on*
Switched off
Night-time dimming
Switched off**
Switched on (Display dimmed between
22:00 and 6:00)
Demo mode
Switched off*
Switched on
(only displayed during the first 3 minutes
after the appliance has been reset or is
used for the first time)
Factory settings
Reset
Do not reset*
* Factory setting (factory settings may vary depending on the appliance model)
Note: Changes to the language, button tone and
display brightness settings take effect immediately. All
other changes take effect after the settings have been
saved.
--------
Power cut
The changes you make to the settings are retained
even after a power cut.
Only the settings pertaining to the initial use of the
appliance need to be implemented once again
following a power cut.
17
en
Cleaning
Changing the time
If you want to change the time, for example from
summer to winter time, you have to change the basic
setting.
The appliance must be switched off.
° field for approx. 3 seconds.
Notes on the process appear on the display.
2. Press the s field to confirm the notes.
The first setting "language" appears in the display.
3. Touch the s field.
The setting for the clock appears.
4. Turn the rotary selector to change the clock time.
5. Press and hold the ° field for approx. 3 seconds to
confirm the setting.
A note is shown on the display to confirm that the
settings have been saved.
Area
Appliance front
Display
1. Touch the
Stainless steel
Cooking compartment made of stainless steel
DCleaning
With good care and cleaning, your appliance will retain
its appearance and remain fully functioning for a long
time to come. We will explain here how you should
correctly care for and clean your appliance.
gn i nae l C
: Warning – Risk of burns!
The appliance becomes very hot. Never touch the
interior surfaces of the cooking compartment or the
heating elements. Always allow the appliance to cool
down. Keep children at a safe distance.
: Warning – Risk of electric shock!
Do not use any high-pressure cleaners or steam
cleaners, which can result in an electric shock.
: Warning – Risk of injury!
Scratched glass in the appliance door may develop into
a crack. Do not use a glass scraper, sharp or abrasive
cleaning aids or detergents.
Note: Unpleasant odours, for example after fish has
been prepared, can be removed very easily. Add a few
drops of lemon juice to a cup of water. Always place a
spoon in the container to prevent delayed boiling. Heat
the water for 1 to 2 minutes at maximum microwave
output.
Cleaning agent
To ensure that the different surfaces are not damaged
by using the wrong cleaning agent, observe the
information in the table.
Do not use:
■
■
■
■
■
Harsh or abrasive cleaning agents.
Metal or glass scrapers to clean the door panels.
Metal or glass scrapers to clean the door seal.
Hard scouring pads or sponges.
Cleaning agents with a high alcohol content.
Wash new sponge cloths thoroughly before use.
18
Door panels
Door seal
Do not remove.
Accessories
Cleaning agent
Hot soapy water: Clean using a dish cloth and
then dry with a soft cloth. Do not use a metal or
glass scraper for cleaning.
Wipe down using a microfibre cloth or a
slightly damp cloth. Do not wipe with a wet
cloth.
Hot soapy water: Clean using a dish cloth and
then dry with a soft cloth. Remove flecks of
limescale, grease, starch and albumin (e.g.
egg white) immediately. Corrosion can form
under such flecks. Special stainless-steel
cleaning agents are available from the aftersales service or from specialist retailers.
Hot soapy water or vinegar solution: Clean
using a dish cloth and then dry with a soft
cloth. Do not use oven spray or any other
aggressive oven cleaners or abrasive materials. Scouring pads, rough sponges and pan
cleaners are also unsuitable. These items
scratch the surface. Allow the interior surfaces
to dry thoroughly.
Glass cleaner: Clean with a dish cloth. Do not
use a glass scraper.
Hot soapy water: Clean with a dish cloth and
do not scour. Do not use a metal or glass
scraper for cleaning.
Hot soapy water: Soak and clean with a dish
cloth or brush.
Trouble shooting
3Trouble shooting
settings.~ "Tested for you in our cooking studio"
on page 21
If a fault occurs, there is often a simple explanation.
Before calling the after-sales service, please refer to the
fault table and attempt to correct the fault yourself.
: Warning – Risk of electric shock!
gn i t o h s e l buo r T
Tip: If a dish does not turn out exactly as you wanted,
refer to the following chapter, where you will find lots of
tips and notes relating to the optimum
Fault table
Fault
The appliance does not work or the
display is not working
The appliance cannot be started
Appliance does not heat up.
Them symbol for demo mode is
shown in the display.
The rotary selector has fallen out of
the support in the control panel.
The rotary selector can no longer be
turned easily.
The interior lighting is not working
Error message "Exxx"*
en
Incorrect repairs are dangerous. Repairs may only be
carried out and damaged power cables replaced by
one of our trained after-sales technicians. If the
appliance is defective, unplug the appliance from the
mains or switch off the circuit breaker in the fuse box.
Contact the after-sales service.
Possible cause
The plug is not plugged into the mains
Power cut
The circuit breaker is faulty
Remedy/information
Connect the appliance to the electricity supply
Check whether other kitchen appliances are working
Check in the fuse box to make sure that the fuse for
the appliance is OK
Faulty operation
Switch off the circuit-breaker for the appliance in the
fuse box and switch it back on after approx. 60 seconds
The appliance door is not fully closed
Close the appliance door
The appliance is in demo mode
Deactivate demo mode in the basic settings.
To do this, briefly disconnect the appliance from the
mains (switch off the household fuse or the circuit
breaker in the fuse box). Then deactivate demo mode
in the basic settings within 3 minutes.
The rotary selector has been accidentally disengaged. The rotary selector can be removed. Simply place the
rotary selector back in its support in the control panel
and push it in so that it engages and can be turned as
usual.
There is dirt under the rotary selector.
The rotary selector can be removed. To disengage the
rotary selector, simply remove it from the support.
Alternatively, press on the outer edge of the rotary
selector so that it tips and can be picked up easily.
Carefully clean the rotary selector and its support on
the appliance using a cloth and soapy water. Dry with
a soft cloth. Do not use any sharp or abrasive materials. Do not soak or clean in the dishwasher.
Do not remove the rotary selector too often so that the
support remains stable.
The interior lighting is faulty
Call the after-sales service
If an error message is displayed, switch the appliance
off and on again; if the message disappears, it was a
one-off problem. If the fault occurs again or the error
message is still displayed, please contact the aftersales service and provide the fault code.
* Special features:
Error message "E0532": Open and close the appliance door.
Error message "E6501": Switch off the appliance. Wait for 10 minutes. Switch the appliance on again.
--------
19
en
Customer service
4Customer service
Our after-sales service is there for you if your appliance
needs to be repaired. We will always find an
appropriate solution, also in order to avoid after-sales
personnel having to make unnecessary visits.
ec i v res remo t suC
E number and FD number
When calling us, please quote the full product number
(E no.) and the production number (FD no.) so that we
can provide you with the correct advice. The rating plate
bearing these numbers can be found when you open
the appliance door.
If your appliance operates with steam, you will find the
rating plate on the right-hand side behind the panel.
(1U
)'
=1U
7\SH
To save time, you can make a note of the numbers for
your appliance and the telephone number of the aftersales service in the space below in case you need
them.
E no.
FD no.
After-sales service O
Please note that a visit from an after-sales service
engineer is not free of charge in the event that the
appliance has been misused, even during the warranty
period.
Please find the contact data of all countries in the
enclosed customer service list.
To book an engineer visit and product advice
GB
0344 892 8979
Calls charged at local or mobile rate.
IE
01450 2655
0.03 € per minute at peak. Off peak 0.0088 €
per minute.
Rely on the professionalism of the manufacturer. You
can therefore be sure that the repair is carried out by
trained service technicians who carry original spare
parts for your appliances.
This appliance corresponds to the standards EN 55011
and CISPR 11. It is a Group 2, Class B product.
Group 2 means that microwaves are produced for the
purpose of heating food. Class B states that the
appliance is suitable for private households.
20
Technical specifications
Power supply
Max. total connected load
Microwave output
Max. grill output power
Microwave frequency
Fuse
220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
1990 W
900 W (IEC 60705)
1300 W
2450 MHz
10 A
Dimensions (H/W/D)
- Appliance
- Cooking compartment
382 x 594 x 318 mm
220 x 350 x 270 mm
VDE approved
CE mark
Yes
Yes
Tested for you in our cooking studio
JTested for you in our
cooking studio
Here, you can find a selection of dishes and the ideal
settings for them. We show you which microwave
output or grill setting is best for your dish. You can find
information on what accessories are suitable. There are
also tips about cookware and preparation methods.
o i d u t s g n i k o c r u o n i u o y r o f d e t s eT
Notes
■
The values in the table always apply to the cooking
compartment when it is cold and empty. Before
using the appliance, remove all unnecessary
accessories from the cooking compartment.
■
The times specified in the tables are only guidelines.
They will depend on the quality and composition of
the food.
■
Use the accessories provided.
■
Always use an oven cloth or oven gloves when
taking hot accessories or cookware out of the
cooking compartment.
: Warning – Risk of scalding!
When pulling out the glass tray, hot liquid may overflow.
Carefully pull the glass tray out of the cooking
compartment.
The following tables provide you with numerous options
and settings for the microwave.
Dish
Weight
Whole pieces of beef, pork or veal (on the
bone or boned)
800 g
1000 g
1500 g
200 g
500 g
Meat in pieces or slices of beef, veal or pork
Minced meat, mixed
Poultry or poultry portions
Fish fillet, fish steak or slices
Whole fish
Vegetables, e.g. peas
Fruit, e.g. raspberries
Butter, defrosting
Loaf of bread
800 g
200 g
500 g
1000 g
600 g
1200 g
400 g
300 g
600 g
300 g
300 g
500 g
125 g
250 g
500 g
1000 g
en
The times given in the tables are guidelines; they
depend on the cookware used, and the quality,
temperature and consistency of the food.
Time ranges are often specified in the tables. Set the
shortest time first and then extend the time if necessary.
It may be that you have different quantities from those
specified in the tables. There is a rule of thumb for
operating the microwave: Double the amount = double
the time, half the amount = half the time.
You can place the cookware in the middle of the wire
rack or on the cooking compartment floor. The food will
then absorb the microwaves from all sides.
Defrosting
Place the frozen food in an open container on the
cooking compartment floor.
Turn or stir the food once or twice during the defrosting
time. Large pieces of food should be turned several
times. When turning, remove any liquid that has been
produced during defrosting.
Leave defrosted items to stand at room temperature for
a further 10 to 60 minutes so that the temperature can
even out. You can remove the giblets from poultry at
this point.
Note: Place the ovenware on the cooking compartment
floor.
Microwave output in watts,
time in minutes
180 W, 15 mins + 90 W, 15-25 mins
180 W, 20 mins + 90 W, 20-30 mins
180 W, 25 mins + 90 W, 25-30 mins
180 W, 5-8 mins + 90 W, 5-10 mins
180 W, 8-11 mins + 90 W, 10-15
mins
180 W, 10 mins + 90 W, 10-15 mins
90 W, 10-15 mins
180 W, 5 mins + 90 W, 10-15 mins
180 W, 15 mins + 90 W, 20-25 mins
Note
Turn several times
Separate the slices/pieces of meat when turning
Freeze food flat if possible;
turn several times during defrosting and
remove any minced meat that has already
defrosted
180 W, 8 mins + 90 W, 10-15 mins Turn during defrosting;
180 W, 15 mins + 90 W, 20-25 mins remove liquid that escapes during defrosting
180 W, 5 mins + 90 W, 10-15 mins Separate any defrosted parts
180 W, 3 mins + 90 W, 10-15 mins Turn during defrosting
180 W, 8 mins + 90 W, 15-20 mins
180 W, 10-15 mins
Stir carefully during defrosting
180 W, 6-9 mins
Stir carefully during defrosting and separate
any defrosted parts
180 W, 8 mins + 90 W, 5-10 mins
180 W, 1 min. + 90 W, 1-2 mins
Remove all packaging
180 W, 1 min. + 90 W, 2-4 mins
180 W, 8 mins + 90 W, 5-10 mins
Turn during defrosting
180 W, 12 mins + 90 W, 10-20 mins
21
en
Tested for you in our cooking studio
Dish
Weight
Cakes, dry, e.g. sponge cake
500 g
750 g
Microwave output in watts,
time in minutes
90 W, 10-15 mins
180 W, 5 mins + 90 W, 10-15 mins
Cakes, moist, e.g. fruit flan, cheesecake
500 g
750 g
180 W, 5 mins + 90 W, 15-20 mins
180 W, 7 mins + 90 W, 15-20 mins
Defrosting, heating up or cooking frozen
food
Take ready meals out of the packaging. They will heat
up more quickly and evenly in microwaveable
cookware. The different components of the meal may
not require the same amount of time to heat up.
Food which lies flat will cook more quickly than food
which is piled high. You should therefore distribute the
food so that it is as flat as possible in the cookware.
Food should not be placed in layers on top of one
another.
Dish
Weight
Menu, plated meal, ready meal
(2-3 components)
Soup
Stew
Slices or pieces of meat in sauce, e.g. goulash
Fish, e.g. fillet steaks
Bakes, e.g. lasagne, cannelloni
Side dishes, e.g. rice, pasta
Vegetables, e.g. peas, broccoli, carrots
Creamed spinach
Always cover the food. If you do not have a suitable lid
for your cookware, use a plate or special microwave
foil.
Stir or turn the food 2 or 3 times during cooking.
After heating, allow the food to stand for a further 2 to 5
minutes to allow the temperature to even out.
This will help the food retain its own distinct taste, which
means it will require less seasoning.
Note: Place the ovenware on the cooking compartment
floor.
Note
300-400 g
400 g
500 g
500 g
400 g
450 g
600 W, 8-12 mins
600 W, 10-15 mins
600 W, 10-15 mins
600 W, 10-15 mins
600 W, 10-15 mins
250 g
500 g
300 g
600 g
450 g
600 W, 3-7 mins
600 W, 8-12 mins
600 W, 7-11 mins
600 W, 14-17 mins
600 W, 10-15 mins
Cookware with lid
Cookware with lid
Cookware with lid
Covered
Use the wire rack and place the cookware on
it
Cookware with lid, add liquid
There is a possibility of delayed boiling when a liquid is
heated. This means that the liquid reaches boiling
temperature without the usual steam bubbles rising to
the surface. Even if the container only vibrates a little,
the hot liquid may suddenly boil over and spatter. When
heating, always place a spoon in the container. This will
prevent delayed boiling.
22
Separate the pieces of cake;
only for cakes without icing, cream or crème
pâtissière
Only for cakes without icing, cream or gelatine
Microwave output in watts,
time in minutes
600 W, 8-13 mins
Heating
: Warning – Risk of scalding!
Note
Covered
Cookware with lid, add 1 tbsp of water
Cook without additional water
Caution!
Creation of sparks: Metal – e.g. a spoon in a glass –
must be kept at least 2 cm from the cooking
compartment walls and the inside of the door. Sparks
can irreparably damage the glass on the inside of the
door.
Notes
Take ready meals out of the packaging. They will
heat up more quickly and evenly in microwaveable
cookware. The different components of the meal
may not require the same amount of time to heat up.
■
Always cover the food. If you do not have a suitable
cover for your cookware, use a plate or special
microwave foil.
■
Stir or turn the food several times during the heating
time. Check the temperature.
■
After heating, allow the food to stand for a further 2
to 5 minutes to allow the temperature to even out.
■
Always use an oven cloth or oven gloves when
removing plates from the appliance.
■
Tested for you in our cooking studio
en
Note: Place the ovenware on the cooking compartment
floor.
Dish
Menu, plated meal, ready meal
(2-3 components)
Beverages
Baby food, e.g. baby bottles
Soup, 1 cup
Soup, 2 cups
Meat in sauce
Stew
Vegetables, 1 portion
Vegetables, 2 portions
Amount
125 ml
200 ml
500 ml
50 ml
100 ml
200 ml
175 g each
175 g each
500 g
400 g
800 g
150 g
300 g
Microwave output in watts,
time in minutes
600 W, 5-8 mins
Note
900 W, ½-1 min.
900 W, 1-2 mins
900 W, 3-4 mins
360 W, approx. ½ min
360 W, ½-1 min.
360 W, 1-2 mins
600 W, 1-2 mins
600 W, 2-3 mins
600 W, 7-10 mins
600 W, 5-7 mins
600 W, 7-8 mins
600 W, 2-3 mins
600 W, 3-5 mins
Always place a spoon in the container, do not
overheat alcoholic drinks; check occasionally
while heating
Cooking
■
Notes
■
Food which lies flat will cook more quickly than food
which is piled high. You should therefore distribute
the food so that it is as flat as possible in the
cookware. Food should not be placed in layers on
top of one another.
■
Cook the food in cookware with a lid. If you do not
have a suitable lid for your cookware, use a plate or
special microwave foil.
Dish
Amount
Whole chicken, fresh, no giblets
Fish fillet, fresh
Fresh vegetables
1200 g
400 g
250 g
500 g
Potatoes
250 g
500 g
750 g
125 g
■
■
-
Note: Place the ovenware on the cooking compartment
floor.
Microwave output in watts,
time in minutes
600 W, 25-30 mins
600 W, 7-12 mins
600 W, 6-10 mins
600 W, 10-15 mins
Sweet foods, e.g. blancmange (instant)
500 ml
Fruit, compote
Microwave popcorn
500 g
100 g
600 W, 9-12 mins
600 W, 3-4 mins
250 g
Bottles without teat or lid; shake or stir well
after heating and ensure that you check the
temperature
This will help the food retain its own distinct taste,
which means it will require less seasoning.
After cooking, allow the food to stand for a further 2
to 5 minutes to allow the temperature to even out.
Always use an oven cloth or oven gloves when
removing plates from the appliance.
600 W, 8-10 mins
600 W, 10-15 mins
600 W, 15-22 mins
600 W, 4-6 mins +
180 W, 12-15 mins
600 W, 6-8 mins +
180 W, 15-18 mins
600 W, 6-8 mins
Rice
-
Note
Turn half way through the time
Cut the vegetables into pieces of equal size;
add 1 to 2 tbsp water per 100 g of vegetables;
stir while heating
Cut the potatoes into pieces of equal size;
add 1 tbsp water for every 100 g of potatoes;
stir while heating
Add double the amount of liquid
Stir the blancmange thoroughly 2 to 3 times
using an egg whisk while heating
Stir while heating
Always place the popcorn bag on the glass
tray;
observe the manufacturer's instructions
23
en
Tested for you in our cooking studio
Microwave tips
You cannot find any information about the settings for the quantity of
food you have prepared.
The food has become too dry.
Lengthen or shorten the cooking time according to the following rule of
thumb: Double the amount = double the time, half the amount = half the time
Next time, set a shorter cooking time or select a lower microwave power setting. Cover the food and add more liquid.
The time has elapsed but the food is not defrosted, hot or cooked.
Set a longer time. Large quantities and food which is piled high require longer
times.
Time has elapsed but the food is overheated at the edge but not done Stir it during the cooking time and next time, select a lower microwave power
in the middle.
setting and a longer cooking time.
After defrosting, the poultry or meat is defrosted on the outside but
Next time, select a lower microwave output setting. Turn large amounts of
not defrosted in the middle.
poultry or meat several times.
Grilling
■
Notes
■
All the values given are guidelines and can vary
depending on the properties of your food.
■
Rinse meat in cold water and dab it dry with kitchen
towel. Do not add salt to the meat until it has been
grilled.
■
Always close the door when grilling on the wire rack
and do not preheat.
■
■
Place the wire rack on the glass tray so that this
catches the meat juices.
Use tongs to turn the pieces of food you are grilling.
If you pierce the meat with a fork, the juices will run
out and it will become dry.
Dark meat, such as beef, browns more quickly than
lighter-coloured meat, such as veal or pork. When
grilling light-coloured meat or fish fillets, these often
only brown slightly on the surface, although they are
cooked and juicy on the inside.
Dish
Neck steaks approx. 2 cm thick
Amount
3 to 4 pieces
Weight
Approx. 120 g
each
Approx. 150 g
each
Approx. 150 g
each
Approx. 150 g
each
Grilled sausages
4 to 6 pieces
Fish steak*
2 to 3 pieces
Fish, whole,* e.g. trout
2 to 3 pieces
Bread (pre-toasting)
2 to 6 slices
3 (high)
Toast with topping
* Grease the wire rack first with oil.
2 to 6 slices
3 (high)
Combined grill and microwave
■
Notes
■
Use the wire rack and place the cookware on it.
■
Use a deep dish when roasting. This will help keep
the cooking compartment clean.
■
Use large shallow cookware for bakes and gratins.
Food takes longer to cook in narrow, deep
containers and browns more on top.
■
Check that your cookware fits in the cooking
compartment. It should not be too big.
Dish
Weight
Joint of pork,
e.g. neck
Meat loaf
Max. 7 cm deep
Chicken, halved
Approx. 750 1 (low)
g
Approx. 750 2 (medium)
g
Approx. 1200 3 (high)
g
24
Grill setting
■
■
Grill setting
3 (high)
3 (high)
3 (high)
3 (high)
Time in minutes
1st side: Approx. 15 mins
2nd side: Approx. 10-15 mins
1st side: Approx. 10-15 mins
2nd side: Approx. 10-15 mins
1st side: Approx. 10 mins
2nd side: Approx. 10-15 mins
1st side: Approx. 15 mins
2nd side: Approx. 15-20 mins
1st side: Approx. 4 mins
2nd side: Approx. 4 mins
Depending on topping: 5-10 mins
Leave the meat to rest for another 5-10 minutes
before carving it. This allows the meat juices to be
distributed evenly so that they do not run out when
the meat is carved.
Bakes and gratins should be left to cook in the
appliance for a further 5 minutes after the appliance
has been switched off.
Always set the maximum cooking time. Check the
food after the shorter time specified.
Microwave output in watts,
time in minutes
360 W, 35-40 mins
Note
Turn after approx. 15 minutes
360 W, approx. 25 mins
360 W, 40 mins
Place with the skin side up;
do not turn
Test dishes
Dish
Weight
Chicken portions,
e.g. chicken quarters
Duck breast
Approx. 800
g
Approx. 800
g
Pasta bake
Approx. 1000
(made from pre-cooked ingredients) g
Potato gratin
Approx. 1000
(made from raw potatoes) max. 3 cm g
deep
Fish, scalloped
Approx. 500
g
Quark bake
Approx. 1000
Max. 5 cm deep
g
Grill setting
2 (medium)
Microwave output in watts,
time in minutes
360 W, 20-25 mins
3 (high)
180 W, 25-30 mins
1 (low)
360 W, 25-30 mins
2 (medium)
360 W, approx. 35 mins
3 (high)
360 W, 15 mins
1 (low)
360 W, 20-25 mins
en
Note
Place with the skin side up;
do not turn
Place with the skin side up;
do not turn
Sprinkle with cheese
Defrost frozen fish before cooking
ETest dishes
The quality and performance of the appliances are
tested by test institutes using the following dishes.
s e h s i d t s eT
In accordance with EN 60705, IEC 60705 or DIN
44547, and EN 60350 (2009)
Cooking only using the microwave
Dish
Custard, 1000 g
Sponge, 475 g
Meat loaf, 900 g
Microwave output in watts, cooking time in minutes
600 W, 11-12 mins + 180 W, 8-10 mins
600 W, 7-9 mins
600 W, 25-30 mins
Note
Pyrex dish
Pyrex dish, dia. 22 cm
Pyrex cake dish, 28 cm long
Defrosting only using the microwave
Dish
Meat, 500 g
Microwave output in watts, defrosting time in minutes
"Meat" programme, 500 g
or
180 W, 8 mins + 90 W, 7-10 mins
Note
Pyrex dish, dia. 24 cm
Cooking with the microwave and grill
Dish
Potato gratin, 1100 g
Cake
Chicken, halved approx.
1100 g
Microwave output in watts, grill setting, cooking time in minutes
360 W + grill setting 2, 30-35 mins
360 W + grill setting 3, approx. 40-45 mins
Note
Round Pyrex dish, dia. 22 cm
Not recommended
Wire rack, glass tray
25
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺭﺩک‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 800‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﺗﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺘﺎ‬
‫)ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1000‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 1‬ﮐﻢ(‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 30-25 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﺗﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫)ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺧﺎﻡ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1000‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 2‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 35‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﺗﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻓﻠﻪ ﭘﻨﻴﺮ ﮐﻮﺍﺭک‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ 5‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1000‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 1‬ﮐﻢ(‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 30-25 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﭘﻨﻴﺮ ﺑﭙﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 25-20 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ E‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎی ‪ IEC 60705 ،EN 60705‬ﻳﺎ ‪،DIN 44547‬‬
‫ﻭ )‪EN 60350 (2009‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺳﺘﺎﺭﺩ‪ 1000 ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 12-11 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 180 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﻴﺮﮐﺲ‬
‫ﮐﻴﮏ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺠﯽ‪ 475 ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 9-7 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﻴﺮﮐﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 22‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﻑ‪ 900 ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 30-25 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﻴﺮﮐﺲ ﮐﻴﮏ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ 28‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ‪ 500 ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ "‪) "Meat‬ﮔﻮﺷﺖ(‪ 500 ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-7 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﻴﺮﮐﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﺗﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ‪ 1100 ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪ +‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ‪ 35-30 ،2‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﻴﺮﮐﺲ ﮔﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 22‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻴﮏ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻔﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1100‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪ +‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ‪ ،3‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 45-40‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ =‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ = ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺿﻌﻴﻒﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻳﺦ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﯽ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﮐﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻳﺦ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻍ ﺁﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﯽ ﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﻣﻴﺎﻧﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﺮﻍ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫■‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽﻫﺎی ﻏﺬﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺁﺑﮑﺸﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﮏ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺏ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﮕﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺧﺸﮏ ﻣﯽﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖﻫﺎی ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﮔﺎﻭ‪ ،‬ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﺖﻫﺎی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﮔﻮﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﺖﻫﺎی ﺑﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮐﻤﯽ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍی‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 120‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15-10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺳﻴﺲ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 150‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15-10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15-10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ*‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 150‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15-10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ‪ *،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺰﻝ ﺁﻻ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 150‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 20-15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ )ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﺴﺖ(‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺮﺵ‬
‫‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻡ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 4‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﻳﯽ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﺑﺮﺵ‬
‫‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﻳﯽ‪ 10-5 :‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫* ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﺭﺍ ﭼﺮﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‬
‫■‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﮔﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﯽﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﺳﻮﻓﻠﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﺗﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻑ ﮐﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽﺗﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻻﻳﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍی ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺖ ﻟﻮﻑ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ 7‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 750‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 1200‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪) 3‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ(‬
‫ﻣﺮﻍ ﺗﮑﻪﺍی‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻍ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 800‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻫﻤﺨﻮﺍﻧﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻇﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ‪ 5 ،‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺏ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻓﻠﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﺗﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ 5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 25‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪) 2‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫‪) 2‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 40 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 25-20 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8-5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ 125‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 900‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 1-½ ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 900‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 2-1 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ؛ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻪﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 900‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 4-3 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ½ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 1-½ ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 2-1 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍی ﺳﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫)‪ 3-2‬ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ(‬
‫ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﯽﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍی ﮐﻮﺩک‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩ‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪﻫﺎی ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ؛ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮپ‪ 1 ،‬ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ‪ 175‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 2-1 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺳﻮپ‪ 2 ،‬ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ‪ 175‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 3-2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺲ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-7 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺍک‬
‫‪ 400‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 7-5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ 800‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8-7 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪ 1 ،‬ﭘﺮﺱ‬
‫‪ 150‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 3-2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪ 2 ،‬ﭘﺮﺱ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 5-3 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ‬
‫■‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﭙﺰﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻇﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﻃﻌﻢ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﭼﺎﺷﻨﯽ ﮐﻤﺘﺮی ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺘﻦ‪ 2 ،‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺛﺎﺑﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍی ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺶ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻍ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷﮑﻢ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ‬
‫‪ 1200‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 30-25 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ 400‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 12-7 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-6 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺧﺮﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍء ﻫﺮ ‪ 100‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪ 1 ،‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2‬ﻗﺎﺷﻖ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭی ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 750‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 22-15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 125‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 6-4 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪+‬‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-12 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8-6 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪+‬‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 18-15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍی ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻧﯽ )ﻓﻮﺭی(‬
‫‪ 500‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻟﻴﺘﺮ ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8-6 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺧﺮﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍء ﻫﺮ ‪ 100‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ‪ 1 ،‬ﻗﺎﺷﻖ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭی ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻤﺰﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮﻍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻤﭙﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 12-9 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ 100‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 4-3 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴﺴﻪ ﺫﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎی ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻴﮏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﮏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻴﮏ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺠﯽ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 750‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 90‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻴﮏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﻴﮏ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻴﮏ ﭘﻨﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 750‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 20-15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 7 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 20-15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﻏﺬﺍی ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﻭی ﻇﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻇﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮐﻴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﻴﮏﻫﺎی ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﮑﺮی‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻪﺍی ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﻴﮏﻫﺎی ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﺷﮑﺮی‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻪﺍی ﻭ ﻳﺎ ژﻟﻪﺍی‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺛﺎﺑﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﻃﻌﻢ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﺷﻨﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻤﺘﺮی ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍی ﺳﺮﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫)‪ 3-2‬ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ(‬
‫‪ 400-300‬ﮔﺮﻡ ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 13-8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺳﻮپ‬
‫‪ 400‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 12-8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺍک‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺵﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﮑﻪﻫﺎی ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻻﺵ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪ 400‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻓﻠﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻻﺯﺍﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻧﻠﻮﻧﯽ‬
‫‪ 450‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﭼﻴﻦﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺳﺘﺎ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 7-3 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 12-8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺨﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﯽ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺞ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 11-7 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 17-14 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ‪ 1 ،‬ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭی ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺎﺝ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫‪ 450‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺑﭙﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ!‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻣﯽﺭﺳﺪ ﻭﻟﯽ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺒﺎﺏﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﮐﻤﯽ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮی ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ!‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‪ :‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﺰی ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻴﻮﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮی ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻳﮑﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺭﻭی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻇﺮﻑ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ 2 ،‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺛﺎﺑﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍی ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺶ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻣﺎ‬
‫‪ J‬ﭘﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﻴﻢ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻏﺬﺍی ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻏﺬﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮﻭﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎی ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺫﮐﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺶ ﻓﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ!‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻟﺒﺮﻳﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺯﻳﺮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﮔﺎﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫)ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﻮﺍﻥ(‬
‫‪ 800‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 1000‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 1500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﮔﺎﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫‪ 800‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 200‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 1000‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻣﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 1200‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ 400‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺨﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺸﮏ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 300‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 125‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 250‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 500‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪ 1000‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎی ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻏﺬﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺩﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ =‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ = ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ‬
‫ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍی ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻳﮏ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺭﻭی ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 60‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎی‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩی ﺍﺗﺎﻕ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﮑﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﮑﻢ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﻇﺮﻑ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 25-15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 20 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 30-20 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 25 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 30-25 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8-5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 11-8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 15-10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 90‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 25-20 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺑﺮﺵﻫﺎی‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻳﺦﺯﺍﺩﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﺖﻫﺎی ﭼﺮﺥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ؛‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 25-20 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 3 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8 ،‬ﻭﺍﺕ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 20-15 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 15-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 9-6 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 1 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 2-1 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 1 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 4-2 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 8 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 10-5 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 12 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ 90 +‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ 20-10 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﺎ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺎﭼﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎی ﻏﻴﺮﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ 240-220‬ﻭﻟﺖ‪ 60/50 ،‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ 1990‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ 900‬ﻭﺍﺕ )‪(IEC 60705‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫‪ 1300‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ 2450‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ )‪ (E‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ )‪(FD‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫)‪ (E no.‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ )‪ (FD no.‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Z-Nr:‬‬
‫‪FD:‬‬
‫‪E-Nr:‬‬
‫‪Type:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺳﺮﻳﻊﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ )‪(E‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ )‪(FD‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ‪O‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺗﮑﻨﻴﺴﻴﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﻧﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﮐﺰ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﮐﯽ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎی ‪ EN 55011‬ﻭ ‪ CISPR 11‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ ،2‬ﮐﻼﺱ ‪ B‬ﻣﯽﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻨﺎی ﮔﺮﻭﻩ ‪ 2‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻨﺎی ﮐﻼﺱ ‪ B‬ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪/‬ﻋﺮﺽ‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ 318 x 594 x 382‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫‪ 270 x 350 x 220‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ‪VDE‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ‪CE‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻋﻴﺐﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩی ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﻌﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﺁﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪی ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪی ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩی‬
‫»ﭘﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻣﺎ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪21‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎک ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻨﻴﺴﻴﻦﻫﺎی ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 60‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ‪ m‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺮﻑ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﯽ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍً ﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺭﻭی ﻟﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ "‪*"Exxx‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺪ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﺹ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻌﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ "‪ :"E0532‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺧﻄﺎ "‪ :"E6501‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ 10 .‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍً ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺠﯽ ﻧﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ °‬ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ "‪) "Language‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ( ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ °‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﯽ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻍ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻓﻠﺰی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎکﮐﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺭﻳﺰﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﮐﻤﯽ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺿﺪ ﺯﻧﮓ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻍ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﮔﻪﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺁﻫﮑﯽ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺑﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮﻍ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﮔﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﮔﯽ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺿﺪ ﺯﻧﮓ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﺗﺨﺼﺼﯽ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺿﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻧﮓ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺮﮐﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﭙﺮیﻫﺎی ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺟﺎﻕ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎی ﻗﻮی ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎی ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺞﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺯﺑﺮ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﮔﯽ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮی ﭘﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺷﻮی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺷﻮ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎکﮐﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻍ‪ :‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﯽ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺴﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎکﮐﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻍ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﺤﻮۀ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﮐﺎﺭی ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ!‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮک ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻮی ﻧﺎﻣﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺁﺏ ﻟﻴﻤﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﻠﻮ ﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮی‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﻤﺸﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺯﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻦ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎی ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﯽ ﺯﺑﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ**‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ 0.30-0.05‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ‪/‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﮔﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫‪ 1.50-0.20‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﻣﯽ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﻣﯽ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎی ﺁﺭﺩی‪ ،‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‬
‫ﻻﺯﺍﻧﻴﺎی ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺯﺍﻧﻴﺎی ﺑﻮﻟﻮﻧﺰ‬
‫‪ 1.00-0.30‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻍ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻕ ﻣﺮﻍ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻍ ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬
‫‪ 1.80-0.50‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﻭ ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫*( ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫**( ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ Q‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ*‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ*‬
‫)ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺩﺭ ‪ 5‬ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ *‪3‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ*‬
‫ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ**‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ )ﻧﻮﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ 22:00‬ﺷﺐ ﺗﺎ ‪ 6:00‬ﺻﺒﺢ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ*‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ*‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ °‬ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎی ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪) "Language" ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ °‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬
‫)ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی‬
‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫* ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ )ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﯽﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ )ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺍﻣﻴﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﮑﺘﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪﻫﺎی ﻭﺯﻧﯽ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺯﻥﻫﺎی ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭی ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪:‬‬
‫■ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﺳﯽ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎی‬
‫‪ -18‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻏﺬﺍی ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻳﺦ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ‪ 15‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 90‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻣﺎی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻍ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻍ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻄﯽ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻮﺷﺖﻫﺎی ﭼﺮﺥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻣﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﺭی ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻪ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﮑﻪﻫﺎی ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻣﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫■ ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍی‬
‫ﻫﺮ ‪ 100‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭی ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻼﻧﭻ )ﻧﻴﻢ ﭘﺰ( ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺲ ﺧﺎﻣﻪﺍی‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ 1 .‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 3‬ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭی ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺎﺝ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻢ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ‪:‬‬
‫■ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺰ‪ :‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺧﺮﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺍی‬
‫ﻫﺮ ‪ 100‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﻏﺬﺍﺧﻮﺭی ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی ﻧﻤﮏ‬
‫ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺰﻩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎی ﺧﻴﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺗﻨﻮﺭی‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‪:‬‬
‫■ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﻗﻬﻮﻩﺍی ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻴﺴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺩﻭ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﮐﻴﺎﻥ‪:‬‬
‫■ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭی ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺞ‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ‪/‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ*‬
‫ﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺯ؛ ﻧﺎﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ؛ ﮐﻴﮏ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺠﯽ‪ 1.50-0.20 ،‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﻴﮏ ﻣﺨﻤﺮﺩﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﮐﻴﮏ ﻣﻴﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻴﮏﻫﺎی ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺷﮑﺮی‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ژﻻﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﮐﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺷﺖ*‬
‫ﺭﻭﺗﯽ‪ ،‬ﺗﮑﻪﻫﺎی ﺗﺨﺖ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﭼﺮﺥ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻍ‪ 2.00-0.20 ،‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻍ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺩک‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﮐﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫‪ 1.00-0.10‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﮐﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ*‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﯽ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﻠﺖ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ**‬
‫ﮔﻞ ﮐﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻢ ﻗﻤﺮی‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻩ ﻓﺮﻧﮕﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﮐﺪﻭ‬
‫‪ 1.00-0.15‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰﻳﺠﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ**‬
‫ﮔﻞ ﮐﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻢ ﺑﺮﻭﮐﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻢ ﻗﻤﺮی‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻢ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺎﺝ‬
‫‪ 1.00-0.15‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ**‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺁﺏ ﭘﺰ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽﻫﺎی ﺧﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺴﺎﻭی‬
‫‪ 1.00-0.20‬ﮐﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫*( ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫**( ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫‪ O‬ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫‪ P‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭی ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻏﺬﺍی ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺎً ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﯽﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ "‪) "Defrost bread‬ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻧﺎﻥ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻥ ‪ 250‬ﮔﺮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪ 24‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ %‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ωϭήη‬‬
‫‪ήϤϳΎΗ‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﯽﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﭘﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪s‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﭘﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﭘﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻔﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪̶ϳ΍Ωί Φϳ‬‬
‫‪ϥΎϧ‬‬
‫‪ϒϗϮΗ‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ a‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ωϭήη‬‬
‫‪ϥίϭ‬‬
‫‪ϒϗϮΗ‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺯﺩﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻧﮕﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪی ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻭﺯﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮﺩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﻫﺸﺪﺍ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﻳﻊﺗﺮ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‪ 900 :‬ﻭ ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫‪ 25‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪.1‬‬
‫‪.2‬‬
‫‪.3‬‬
‫‪.4‬‬
‫‪.5‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3ϪΟέΩ‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ؛‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﻋﮑﺲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ωϭήη‬‬
‫‪ d‬ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻏﺬﺍی ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﯽ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪ϒϗϮΗ‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻭﺩﺗﺮ ﻫﺸﺪﺍ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ‪ 900‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ l‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪) 1‬ﮐﻢ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﻮﻓﻠﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﺗﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪) 2‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﻮﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪) 3‬ﻗﻮی(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻴﮏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺳﻴﺲ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻥ ﺗﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ ،2‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ‪ 12‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3ϪΟέΩ‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ )ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ (3‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ωϭήη‬‬
‫‪ϪΟέΩ‬‬
‫‪ϒϗϮΗ‬‬
‫‪ .6‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 2‬ﻳﺎ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ؛‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫^ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭙﺰﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩی‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎی ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻣﻴﮑﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻴﻨﯽ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺳﺮﻭ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﯽﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺗﺰﻳﻴﺎﺕ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﺰی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻤﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﺰی ﺳﺮﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ!‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‪ :‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﺰی ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻴﻮﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮی ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ‬
‫ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺎً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫‪ 90‬ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﮔﻮﺷﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﻏﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺳﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ 900‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﺍﻥﻫﺎی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻳﮏ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﮐﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ½ ﺗﺎ ‪ 1‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﻣﺎی ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﯽ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ωϭήη‬‬
‫‪ϒϗϮΗ‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪ΖΨ̡ϥΎϣί‬‬
‫‪ήϤϳΎΗ‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﮏ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻣﻮﺧﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﯽﺍﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺧﯽ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻓﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍﻩﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﺡ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ‪ ÿ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺟﺎﺭی ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩی ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺵ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ‪ l‬ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫_ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫‪ K‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩی ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻇﺮﻑ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﯽ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺷﺢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭی ﺳﻴﻤﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺌﯽ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﯽ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫»ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪17‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪی ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ s‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻣﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻮی ﻧﻮﻳﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎی ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪی‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪﻫﺎی ﭘﻠﯽﺍﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ‬
‫ﺻﺎﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﺍی ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺲ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍی ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ‬
‫»ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪13‬‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺻﺎﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﻰ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﺮﻓﺸﻮﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺱ ﻧﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﻮﺭی ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﮐﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ϥίϭ‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻤﯽ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻦ ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻓﻦ ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻮﺍی ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻی ﺩﺭﺏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻦ ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ!‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺷﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎی ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﮐﺠﺎی ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮐﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﮥ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫■ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﯽﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻓﻦ ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻦ ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺁﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻩﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻒ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ °‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡﻫﺎی ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥﺗﺮ ﻣﯽﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫* ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‪ :‬ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺪﻝ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎی ﮐﻠﯽ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ωϭήη‬‬
‫‪Ϧηϭέ‬‬
‫‪ϒϗϮΗ‬‬
‫‪εϮϣΎΧ‬‬
‫(‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫@‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻌﺎﻝﺳﺎﺯی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻞ ﺿﺪﺯﻧﮓ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺣﺴﮕﺮﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﻃﻮﺭی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﭗ ﻳﺎ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ‪ ،‬ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻫﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻫﺎی ﻣﺠﺰﺍﻳﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮی ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ÿ‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪l‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‪/‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪ 90‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪180‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪ 180‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪360‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪ 360‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪900‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪ 900‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫(‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ‪/‬ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪%‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪a‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪°‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫‪v‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖﻫﺎی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﮑﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖﻫﺎی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺪﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫] ﻋﻠﺖﻫﺎی ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ 7‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ!‬
‫■ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‪ :‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﺰی ‪ -‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻴﻮﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 2‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺒﺮﺍﻥﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮی ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻮﻳﻞ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻮﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﯽﺭﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ‪ :‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺯﻣﻮﻥ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ‬
‫»ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ« ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺳﻔﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪12‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﯽ‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﯽ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ‪ 2012/19/EU‬ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬
‫)‪(waste electrical and electronic equipment - WEEE‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻳﮑﯽ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﭼﻮﺏ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻛﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ :‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺯﺩﮔﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً‬
‫ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﺏﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﺎﺯ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻴﺰی ﻻی ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻻی ﺩﺭﺏ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﮐﺎﺑﻴﺖﻫﺎی ﮐﻨﺎﺭی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩی ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﮐﺜﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮی ﮐﺎﺑﻴﻨﺖﻫﺎی ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫»ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪18‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪ :‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ‪ 600‬ﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻴﺴﮥ ﺫﺭﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺏ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺭﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ!‬
‫■ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻮﺵ‬
‫ﻣﯽﺭﺳﺪ ﻭﻟﯽ ﺑﺮﺭﻭی ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺒﺎﺏﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﮐﻤﯽ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻗﺎﺷﻖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺵ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮی‬
‫ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ!‬
‫■ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺮک ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﭼﻴﻨﯽ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺍﻣﻴﮏ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵﻫﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺣﻔﺮﻩﻫﺎی ﺭﻳﺰ ﻭ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﮑﺎﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺮک ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻠﺰی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺩﻫﯽ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺪی ﺑﻪ ﺳﻼﻣﺖ!‬
‫■ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﺩﻳﺪﮔﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺮژی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪۀ‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫»ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪18‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺮژی ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯﮔﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺮژی ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﯽﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫■ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎک ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻨﻴﺴﻴﻦﻫﺎی ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺒﮑﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻳﮑﯽ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﮐﺎﺑﻞﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎی ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮی ﭘﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺷﻮی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻫﻨﺮﺑﺎ!‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻟﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻨﺮﺑﺎﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺋﻤﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﭘﻴﺲﻣﻴﮑﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺍﻧﺴﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﭘﺰﺷﮑﯽ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯی!‬
‫■ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪی ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮیﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎک ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ :‬ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻣﭙﺎﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﯽ ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﻧﻢ ﺷﺴﺘﻦ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﻣﭙﺎﻳﯽﻫﺎی ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺒﻮﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻏﺬﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫■‬
‫■‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪیﻫﺎﺋﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﯽﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮑﯽ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﻏﺬی‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺬﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﮐﻢ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﭘﺰ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻏﻦ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ!‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫■ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻭی ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﺮﮐﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮﻍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﭙﺰﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻢﻣﺮﻍﻫﺎی ﺳﻔﺖﭘﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺣﻠﺰﻭﻥ ﺻﺪﻑﺩﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺧﺮﭼﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﭙﺰﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺏﭘﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺨﻢﻣﺮﻍ ﺯﺭﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺐﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺳﻴﺲ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﺮﮐﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻮﺭﺍﺥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻳﮑﻨﻮﺍﺧﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻏﺬﺍی ﮐﻮﺩک ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻏﺬﺍی ﮐﻮﺩک ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻣﺎی ﻏﺬﺍ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺩک ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻏﺬﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻣﯽﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪﺷﺪﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺶ ﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪیﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎی ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺶ ﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩﻫﺎی ﺁﺗﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺎﻟﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺁﺷﭙﺰﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎی ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﻧﺘﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺼﺎﺭﻑ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻏﺬﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻧﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮی‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﻣﯽﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺫﻫﻨﯽ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵﻫﺎی ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭک ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺯی ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻠﯽ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫»ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ« ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶﺳﻮﺯی!‬
‫ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ!‬
‫■ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺖﻫﺎی ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻨﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﯽﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺶ ﻓﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﻫﺎی ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺁﺗﺶ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻏﺬﺍﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻭی ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭی ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮐﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ!‬
‫■ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﻍ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ‪ -‬ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﺮﺍﺣﺖ!‬
‫■ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮک ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫■ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭﺏ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ‬
‫ﻣﯽﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻻﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪fa‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ‪6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﯽ ‪6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫]‬
‫ﻋﻠﺖﻫﺎی ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ‪9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﯽ ‪9 . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫*‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝﻫﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫_‬
‫‪10 .‬‬
‫‪10 .‬‬
‫‪10 .‬‬
‫‪11 .‬‬
‫‪11 .‬‬
‫‪11 .‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐﻳﺎﺑﯽ‪21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ )‪ (E‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ )‪22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (FD‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ‪22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪J‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺖ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﺷﭙﺰی ﻣﺎ ‪. . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻳﺦ ﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﻏﺬﺍی ﻣﻨﺠﻤﺪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪23 .‬‬
‫‪23 .‬‬
‫‪24 .‬‬
‫‪24 .‬‬
‫‪25 .‬‬
‫‪26 .‬‬
‫‪26 .‬‬
‫‪26 .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺗﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻳﺦﺯﺩﺍﻳﯽ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪27 .‬‬
‫‪27 .‬‬
‫‪27 .‬‬
‫‪27 .‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪K‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪13 .‬‬
‫‪13 .‬‬
‫‪13 .‬‬
‫‪13 .‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻇﺮﻑ ﭘﺨﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﮑﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪14 .‬‬
‫‪14 .‬‬
‫‪14 .‬‬
‫‪14 .‬‬
‫^‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﮐﯽ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺩﺭﺱ ﺍﻳﻨﺘﺮﻧﺘﯽ ‪ www.bosch-home.com‬ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻼﻳﻦ ‪ www.bosch-eshop.com‬ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪d‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ‪15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﻞ‪15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ ﺭﻭی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺒﯽ ‪16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ‪17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﺣﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪17 .‬‬
‫‪17 .‬‬
‫‪17 .‬‬
‫‪18 .‬‬
‫‪18 .‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪19 .‬‬
‫‪19 .‬‬
‫‪19 .‬‬
‫‪19 .‬‬
‫‪20 .‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
3PCFSU#PTDI)BVTHFSÉUF(NC)
$BSM8FSZ4USB•F
.ßODIFO (&3."/:
XXXCPTDIIPNFDPN
*9001140862*
9001140862
961005(02)
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising